214
Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System A Reference Notebook of Microwave Applications GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH GOOD PREPARATION

GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    3

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

Titan MPS™ Microwave Sample Preparation SystemA Reference Notebook of Microwave Applications

GREAT RESULTSBEGIN WITHGOOD PREPARATION

Page 2: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

INTRODUCTION At PerkinElmer, we understand that sample

preparation is one of the most critical steps in the analytical process. Often accounting for 60% of your analytical timetable, it has a fundamental impact on laboratory throughput and analytical performance. Any errors within the sample preparation process will undermine the quality of your data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS™ Microwave Sample Preparation System delivers the clean, clear solutions you need for reliable results.

The Titan MPS system is ideal for difficult environmental and common industrial applications while also providing high performance for a wide range of digestion needs.

This document is intended to provide you with the tools you need to quickly and efficiently develop digestion methods for your unique sample preparation needs.

These applications represent starting points for successful digestions and may require modification for your specific samples.

PerkinElmer Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System.

Answering your needs. Empowering Your Lab.

2

Page 3: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

DIGESTION OVERVIEW

The process of sample digestion is the chemical reaction of the sample with reagents (typically strong acids) in an effort to remove the sample matrix and leave analyte ions suspended in solution. The sample and reagents are heated in an appropriate container to speed the reaction. In many cases, the energy threshold requirements for reaction cannot be met by the temperatures reached using open-vessel digestion. Closed-vessel microwave-assisted digestion creates a pressurized, high-temperature environment by containing the gases produced during sample heating. The result is faster, more complete digestion than possible at atmospheric pressure.

During digestion, there is always some vessel-to-vessel temperature variation, the result of microwave field flux variabilities, differing microwave absorption rates among the samples, and chemical reactions during digestion of the sample. The PerkinElmer Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System is designed to minimize these effects, and any remaining variation in vessel temperatures should not affect digestion success.

The Titan MPS system accurately measures the temperature of each vessel, ensuring that the temperature of any individual vessel never exceeds the target temperature in the method. This feature allows setting high digestion temperatures while ensuring that the vessel and sample remain under the method limits.

In general, during method development it is beneficial to design the method to use the smallest sample weight that will deliver the detection limits needed during subsequent instrumental analysis. Sample amounts larger than necessary can negatively affect the method by developing excessive pressure and increasing the potential for unwanted temperature variability, as well as shortening consumable lifetimes.

The process of sample digestion commonly results in the evolution of gas from the sample. Samples with high carbon content and metal oxides will evolve the most gas, and for samples of this type, the sample weights should be kept very small until the performance and parameters of the digestion are well known. In addition, most digestion reactions are exothermic in nature; this “self-heating” can rapidly cause the target temperature to be overrun, resulting in the pressure within the vessel to exceed the desired limit. Once the heating, gas evolution, and reaction profile of the sample has been determined, sample weights can be gradually increased, if needed.

Use of Hydrofluoric Acid (HF)While the use of HF for sample digestion can be very beneficial, and in some cases is the only effective reagent, using HF requires careful consideration and oversight as there are a number of safety and usability impacts. HF will dissolve glass and quartz causing damage to nebulizers, spray chambers, injectors, or any other wetted items in the instrument sample introduction system. Complexation will prevent damage from occurring. HF-resistant sample introduction systems are available for most instruments.

HF is typically used in the digestion of silicates, rare-earth metal alloys, geologic samples, and occasionally for ceramics and polymers that will not respond to more typical digestion acids.

The advantage of HF is that it has a vapor pressure similar to water, so does not cause excessive pressure during digestion. HF also does not typically form molecular species that cause interferences during ICP-MS analysis.

However, HF has several disadvantages. HF is very dangerous in contact with skin or when the vapors are inhaled. A complete understanding of HF hazards is required prior to use. When HF is used for digestion, it must be neutralized or complexed prior to use in any instrument sample introduction system that contains glassware (see “Complexation of HF” in the Supplemental section). Additionally, HF will form compounds with Group I and II metals which can precipitate as a fine cloudy haze. These precipitates can be brought back into solution by complexing with boric acid in a secondary digestion.

For digesting samples with HF, the following should be considered:

1. What are the analytes of interest and would they require HF to be freed from their matrix?

2. Is the sample introduction system on the analytical instrument HF compatible?

3. Does the lab have the capacity to perform two digestions for every sample (one for the sample, a second shorter one for complexing the HF)?

4. Is the infrastructure needed for the safe handling and response

to an HF exposure present?

The typical process of using HF for digestion is as follows:

1. There is rarely a need for more than 1-2 mL of HF (49%) per sample. The balance of the reagents (around 8-10 mL) will commonly be nitric acid, hydrochloric acid (HCl) acid or a blend of the two.

2. HF can be added first or last to the sample in the vessel.

3. The normal procedure to re-dissolve the fluoride salts is to add 6 mL saturated boric acid solution for each mL of HF, close the vessel, and heat to 190 °C for 10 minutes.

Digestion TipsThe following tips are general guidelines and outline considerations and responses to common digestion challenges.

1. During digestion, pressure is generated as part of the heating and decomposition of the sample. If vessel pressure during digestion is excessive, reduce the sample weight or the temperature of the method.

3www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 4: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

DIGESTION OVERVIEW

2. Sample decomposition during digestion can be strongly exothermic and can occur rapidly. If vessel pressure or temperature rises too quickly, reduce the sample weight and increase the ramp time of the step where this occurs. A longer ramp allows the Titan MPS to more easily discern a strong exothermic event from the normal heating ramp and provides additional time for the system to respond to and control the event.

3. Successful digestion of a sample is a combination of chemistry, heating, and time. Raising the temperature of the sample and reagents increases the rate of reaction and therefore shortens the digestion time. High temperatures are also needed to crest the reaction threshold and begin the digestion process, and enough time is needed for the reaction to run to completion. If a sample is not completely digested, raise the method temperature or increase the digestion time in 10 °C and/or 10 minute increments and re-evaluate. If the hottest digestion step exceeds 60 minutes or an increase of 30 °C is still not successful, the chemistry of the sample should be re-evaluated and a change to the acids should be made.

4. Without the use of HF, samples containing silicon and silicates will typically have this material remaining after digestion. Most geologic samples and a surprising number of plant samples contain silicon and silicate material. Unless silicon or the elements bound to it (commonly Ca or Mg) are analytes of interest, this material is usually not analytically significant. Analytes of interest can be successfully extracted without HF, and the remaining silicon/silicate solids can be filtered or centrifuged with the supernatant liquid used for successful analysis.

5. To dissolve silicon and silicates, HF is included in the acid mixture used for digestion. After the digestion is complete, there may be remaining fluoride compounds that can appear as cloudy white or milky material. A “Complexation of HF” step (located in the Supplemental section) will bring these solids back into solution as well as complex the HF so that the solution can be used with sample introduction systems made of glass.

6. If performing digestion in preparation for arsenic (As) analysis by Hydride-AA or Hydride-ICP-OES, be aware that the use of nitric acid alone may not place the As in an appropriate oxidative state after digestion. The use of HCl or other agents after digestion may not be able to overcome the residual nitric acid concentration in the sample. Digestion using only 2 mL of HNO3 with the balance (8-10 mL) of deionized water (DI H2O) may be necessary. Trials using nitric acid with varying ratios of hydrochloric acid should be performed to find the optimal reagent balance for follow-up hydride analysis.

7. The length of the digestion can be critical to its success. Ending a digestion too quickly may result in incomplete digestion. The default limit for digestion time is 75 minutes. This digestion time includes all ramp, hold, and cooling times. If additional time is required, login to the Titan as “admin”, enter “Setup” and increase the maximum digestion time (listed in minutes) to a value slightly larger than is expected to be needed.

8. Many metals and metal alloys can be very effectively digested in a solution combining three parts HCl with one part HNO3 by volume (commonly referred to as Aqua Regia). Note that the reaction of the solution with metals can be vigorous, and the Aqua Regia evolves a lot of gas. The vapor pressure and the evolution of gas from Aqua Regia will raise the digestion pressure significantly. This should be carefully considered when choosing the amount of sample and the target digestion temperature. The inverse solution (three parts HNO3 to one part HCl by volume) is useful for organic samples.

9. To boost the oxidative strength of the digestion, hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) can be added to a nitric acid digestion. Doing so will also convert spent oxides of nitrogen back to nitric acid, thereby boosting the total acidity of the reagents during digestion. This is at the expense of increased digestion pressure and the potential to enhance rapid exothermic sample reactions.

10. Nitric acid is the most commonly used digestion reagent. It does not generate interferences or spectral difficulties on most inorganic analytical instruments and is compatible with nearly all sample introduction systems for atomic absorption (AA), inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectroscopy (ICP-OES), and inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) instruments. Nitric acid is readily obtainable in high-purity form, reducing baseline contamination.

11. Hydrochloric acid is a strong alternative to nitric acid and is typically used when digesting metal alloys, oxides, or ceramic samples that do not respond well to nitric acid. Hydrochloric acid can potentially cause elemental interferences in ICP-MS analysis. Chloride salts can form during digestion, which may affect analyte recovery. The addition of hydrochloric acid is also recommended when mercury is one of the analytes of interest. Adding 1 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid (35-37%) to the digestion will complex the mercury and prevent it from volatilizing. Like nitric acid, hydrochloric acid is readily available in high-purity form.

12. Sulfuric acid is a very powerful reagent for use in digesting plastic samples and stubborn organic samples with multiple or cyclic bonds. If a digestion with nitric acid results only in the blackening of the sample or the sample forms a dark paste, the addition of sulfuric acid will usually bring this digestion to completion. As a side benefit, the addition of sulfuric acid also reduces the overall digestion pressure due to its very low vapor pressure. The ability to reduce digestion pressure can be used to aid other digestions that may not require sulfuric acid normally. Sulfuric acid has many potential interferences and can change the viscosity of the sample solution, lowering sample signal and therefore should be considered carefully prior to inclusion in a digestion. Sulfate salts can form during digestion which can affect analyte recovery. Like nitric acid, sulfuric acid is readily available in pure form though it can be more costly.

4

Page 5: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

DIGESTION OVERVIEW

13. Phosphoric acid is useful in the digestion of many types of geologic or ore samples and also benefits from the ability to dramatically reduce the pressure during digestion. Like sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid has many potential interferences and will affect the viscosity of the final sample solution. Phosphoric acid has extended rinse-out times and can form a residue on ICP-OES and ICP-MS torches, injectors, as well as ICP-MS cones. Phosphoric acid is expensive in its purest form.

Vessel and System MaintenanceTo maintain top performance, vessels should be cleaned once per week following the “Vessel Cleaning” method in the Supplemental section.

At a minimum, once per month the vessels should be re- conditioned following the “Vessel Re-Conditioning” method in the Supplemental section.

Over time, the gases generated during digestion can permeate the internal surface layer of the digestion vessels or liners. This is true of all PTFE materials and does not indicate adsorption or permeation of analytes. This gaseous permeation will generally be noticed as a “yellowing” of the vessel/liner or the acquisition of a slightly orange tint to the vessel. As these gases accumulate, they reduce the microwave transparency of the vessel itself and can cause the vessel to be directly heated by the microwave energy applied. This can result in uneven heating of samples during digestion and potentially cause damage to the vessel itself.

Vessels and liners can be de-gassed by placing in a lab oven and baking overnight at 200-220 °C. Optionally, the frequent use of the “Vessel Re-Conditioning” method will help slow the accumulation of gases and may even prevent the need for de-gassing of the vessels or liners. Vessel Cleaning Between DigestionsDuring normal digestions, vessels or liners do not require cleaning between samples as the sample has been completely digested; simply rinsing with DI H2O is enough to prep the vessels for the next digestion. This remains true as long as the concentrations of elements in the sample remain similar and all digestions result in total sample digestion. If analyzing samples where the concentration of the elements of interest is expected to differ by more than two orders of magnitude, it is advisable to run the “Vessel Cleaning” method in the Supplemental section.

If the previous digestion was not successful and material remains in the vessel, cleaning will be required to prepare the vessel for the next sample. There are typically two reasons for material to remain after digestion. The first is that the peak temperature and length of

time at the peak temperature were inadequate to completely digest the sample. If additional time and temperature are unable to digest the sample, then it is likely that the acids used for digestion must be changed. Please see the Digestion Tips section for insight on how to attack the residue and enable effective cleaning of the vessel. CautionsMicrowave ovens are not spark-proof devices. As such, caution must be taken when preparing samples for microwave digestion that are fine powders or that may be prone to spontaneous reaction or ignition. If these samples remain on the sides of the vessel, inside the vessel, or float on top of the reagents as a mass, there is the possibility of direct microwave interaction and generation of a spark. This spark initiates ignition of the remaining sample which can damage the vessel and/or the Titan MPS systems itself. While the Titan MPS is designed to capture this energy and reduce danger to personnel and the lab environment, preventing an event of this nature is important.

When handling fine powder or reactive samples, it is important that the sample be completely rinsed to the bottom of the vessel and either well mixed with the reagents or completely submerged by the reagents. Placing the sample into the vessel first and then using the reagents to wash down the walls of the vessel during addition is a common solution. Optionally, a small amount of DI H2O can be used to rinse the sample from the vessel walls and, normally, will not affect the digestion. Additionally, PerkinElmer offers PTFE weigh boats that, after weighing the sample, can be placed into the vessel and remain there during digestion.

When trying to break up floating sample and swirling the vessel is not effective, stirring of the sample into the reagents can be done using a long PTFE stir stick which is then rinsed off with a small amount of DI H2O.

When heating samples in the microwave, any microwave energy not absorbed by the samples or reagent will either be reflected back to the magnetrons, resulting in less efficient operation, or will be absorbed by a part of the microwave system not intended to be heated. For this reason, each published microwave method indicates that the maximum power of the first step should be reduced when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels.

Additionally, very fast temperature ramps should be avoided as a great deal of excess microwave energy will be generated in an effort to rapidly heat the sample. In all cases, a more moderate temperature ramp is more efficient and will generate superior digestion results.

5www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 6: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

A LOOK INSIDE

To ensure safe, accurate and reproducible digestions, the Titan MPS employs sophisticated Direct Pressure Control™ (DPC)™ and Direct Temperature Control™ (DTC)™ technologies. With these technologies, the Titan MPS is able to deliver outstanding reaction and digestion control. By employing sophisticated electronics, DTC eliminates the external temperature interference emitted by the surface of the digestion vessel, allowing the accurate measurement of the internal sample temperature within each digestion vessel.

DPC measures sample pressure as a shift in the polarization of a beam of light sent through a prism and glass ring in the vessel cap. This polarization shift is a result of the internal vessel pressure applied directly to the glass ring. DPC and DTC provide sensing with no special assembly required, no fragile or expensive probes to insert and no connections needed.

PolarizedLight

Direct Pressure Control (DPC)

OpticalPressureDetection

Glass Ring

InternalPressure

Direct Temperature Control (DTC)

IR TemperatureDetection

IR Filter Technology

6

Page 7: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

• Asphaltite ........................................................................................................................................................................... 15

• Bark ....................................................................................................................................................................................16

• Bauxite ............................................................................................................................................................................... 17

• Calcites ...............................................................................................................................................................................18

• Cement ...............................................................................................................................................................................19

• Coal Fly Ash ........................................................................................................................................................................20

• Dolomites ..........................................................................................................................................................................21

• Feldspar .............................................................................................................................................................................22

• Fluorite ...............................................................................................................................................................................23

• Garnet ................................................................................................................................................................................24

• Glass Fiber Filters (Whatman) ..............................................................................................................................................25

• Iron Ores .............................................................................................................................................................................26

• Iron Ores using Aqua Regia .................................................................................................................................................27

• Ironstone ............................................................................................................................................................................28

• Kaolinite ............................................................................................................................................................................29

• Leather ...............................................................................................................................................................................30

• Limestone ...........................................................................................................................................................................31

• Phosphate Rocks .................................................................................................................................................................32

• Platinum Ores .....................................................................................................................................................................33

• Refinery Ash .......................................................................................................................................................................34

• Secondary Fuel / Plastic Waste ............................................................................................................................................35

• Sediment ............................................................................................................................................................................36

• Sewage Sludge (DIN EN 13346) ..........................................................................................................................................37

• Sewage Sludge (U.S. EPA 3051A) .......................................................................................................................................38

• Shredded Paper ..................................................................................................................................................................39

• Slag ....................................................................................................................................................................................40

• Soil .....................................................................................................................................................................................41

• Soil (U.S. EPA 3051A) ..........................................................................................................................................................42

• Tar ......................................................................................................................................................................................43

• U.S. EPA 3015A ...................................................................................................................................................................44

• U.S. EPA 3051A ...................................................................................................................................................................45

• U.S. EPA 3052 .....................................................................................................................................................................46

• Waste Water and Effluents ..................................................................................................................................................47

• Waste Water and Effluents using Aqua Regia ......................................................................................................................48

• Wood Chips/Pellets .............................................................................................................................................................49

7www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 8: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

• Algae (Paste) ......................................................................................................................................................................52

• Algae (Powder) ...................................................................................................................................................................53

• Agar ...................................................................................................................................................................................54

• Animal Feed .......................................................................................................................................................................55

• Beer ....................................................................................................................................................................................56

• Bran ....................................................................................................................................................................................57

• Bread (Cake, Muffin, Danish, etc.) .......................................................................................................................................58

• Bread (Refined White, Wheat, Tortilla, etc.) ........................................................................................................................59

• Bread (Whole Grain, Multi-Grain, Artisan, etc.) ...................................................................................................................60

• Citrus .................................................................................................................................................................................61

• Cocoa / Cacao ....................................................................................................................................................................62

• Coconut Oil ........................................................................................................................................................................63

• Coffee (Bean or Ground) ....................................................................................................................................................64

• Coffee (Beverage) ...............................................................................................................................................................65

• Corn Meal ..........................................................................................................................................................................66

• Corn Gluten .......................................................................................................................................................................67

• Corn Oil ..............................................................................................................................................................................68

• Corn Syrup .........................................................................................................................................................................69

• Crab Paste ..........................................................................................................................................................................70

• Ethanol, 0-20% in Water (Wine, Beer, Sake, etc.) ................................................................................................................71

• Ethanol, 21-40% in Water (Scotch, Whiskey, Distilled Beverages, etc.) ................................................................................72

• Ethanol, 41-60% in Water (Cask-strength, Specialty Distilled Beverages, etc.) .....................................................................73

• Ethanol, > 60% in Water .................................................................................................................................................... 74

• Fatty Acids for Animal Feed ................................................................................................................................................75

• Fishmeal .............................................................................................................................................................................76

• Flour (Wheat, Rice, Barley, etc.) ..........................................................................................................................................77

• Food Coloring / Food Dyes .................................................................................................................................................78

• Fruit (Dried) ........................................................................................................................................................................79

• Fruit (Fresh) ........................................................................................................................................................................80

• Fruit Juice ...........................................................................................................................................................................81

• Herbs .................................................................................................................................................................................82

• Linseed / Flax (Kernel) .........................................................................................................................................................83

• Malt and Barley ..................................................................................................................................................................84

• Meat ...................................................................................................................................................................................85

• Milk (Fresh) .........................................................................................................................................................................86

• Milk (Powder) .....................................................................................................................................................................87

• Mussel (Freeze Dried) .........................................................................................................................................................88

• Olive Cake ..........................................................................................................................................................................89

8

Page 9: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS CONTINUED

• Olive Leaves .......................................................................................................................................................................90

• Plant Bark or Branch (Woody Material) ...............................................................................................................................91

• Plant Leaves (Dried) ............................................................................................................................................................92

• Rice ....................................................................................................................................................................................93

• Soy Lechithin ......................................................................................................................................................................94

• Spice Powder ......................................................................................................................................................................95

• Sugars (Mono- and Disaccharides) ......................................................................................................................................96

• Sugar Beet ..........................................................................................................................................................................97

• Sugar Cane .........................................................................................................................................................................98

• Tea .....................................................................................................................................................................................99

• Tomato Leaves .................................................................................................................................................................100

• Vegetable Oil ................................................................................................................................................................... 101

• Wax (Edible) ....................................................................................................................................................................102

• Wheat (Whole Grain) ......................................................................................................................................................103

• Whey Powder ..................................................................................................................................................................104

• Xanthum Gum ................................................................................................................................................................105

FORENSIC DIGESTION METHODS

• Animal Fat ........................................................................................................................................................................107

• Blood ................................................................................................................................................................................108

• Bone .................................................................................................................................................................................109

• Hair................................................................................................................................................................................... 110

• Meat or Tissue (Dried) ....................................................................................................................................................... 111

• Meat or Tissue (Fresh) ....................................................................................................................................................... 112

9www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 10: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

• Activated Carbon ............................................................................................................................................................. 115

• Alloy Scrap ....................................................................................................................................................................... 116

• Alloy Scrap (using Aqua Regia) .......................................................................................................................................... 117

• Aluminum ........................................................................................................................................................................ 118

• Bakelite ............................................................................................................................................................................ 119

• Boron Carbide ................................................................................................................................................................. 120

• Brass ................................................................................................................................................................................ 121

• Bronze .............................................................................................................................................................................. 122

• Calcined Coke .................................................................................................................................................................. 123

• Ceramics / Platinum Catalyst ............................................................................................................................................ 124

• Cigar / Cigarettes ............................................................................................................................................................. 125

• Coal ................................................................................................................................................................................. 126

• Coal Coated with Iron Oxide ............................................................................................................................................ 127

• Cobalt Tungstate .............................................................................................................................................................. 128

• Copper / Copper Wire ...................................................................................................................................................... 129

• Crude Oil .........................................................................................................................................................................130

• Diesel ............................................................................................................................................................................... 131

• Electronic Chips ............................................................................................................................................................... 132

• Ethylene Vinyl Acetate (EVA) Foam ................................................................................................................................... 133

• Ethylene Vinyl Alcohol (EVOH) Resin .................................................................................................................................134

• Glass and Quartz ............................................................................................................................................................. 135

• Inks ..................................................................................................................................................................................136

• Indium-Tin Oxides ............................................................................................................................................................ 137

• Ionomer ...........................................................................................................................................................................138

• Lanthanum Boride ........................................................................................................................................................... 139

• Lead Zirconate Titanate ....................................................................................................................................................140

• Lithium Titanates ............................................................................................................................................................. 141

• Magnesium Oxide ............................................................................................................................................................ 142

• Melamine ........................................................................................................................................................................143

• Metallic Alloys [Co-Cr-Mo] ...............................................................................................................................................144

• Metallic Alloys [Co-Cr-W] ................................................................................................................................................. 145

• Metallic Alloys [Fe-Nb] .....................................................................................................................................................146

• Metallic Alloys [Fe-Ni] ...................................................................................................................................................... 147

10

Page 11: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

11www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS CONTINUED

• Metallic Alloys [Ni-Cr] .......................................................................................................................................................148

• Metallic Alloys [Ni-Cr-Mo] ................................................................................................................................................149

• Metallic Alloys [Ni-Pd-Cr] .................................................................................................................................................150

• Metallic Alloys [Pt-Ir] ........................................................................................................................................................ 151

• Metallic Alloys [Pt-Rh] ...................................................................................................................................................... 152

• Metallic Alloys [Pt-W] ....................................................................................................................................................... 153

• Metallic Alloys [Rh-Ir] .......................................................................................................................................................154

• Metallic Alloys [Ru-Se] ...................................................................................................................................................... 155

• Molybdenum ...................................................................................................................................................................156

• Natural Rubber (Caotchouc) ............................................................................................................................................. 157

• Niobium Disulfide ............................................................................................................................................................158

• Nylon ............................................................................................................................................................................... 159

• Paint (Wet Latex) ..............................................................................................................................................................160

• Petroleum Heavy Oils and Tars ......................................................................................................................................... 161

• Petroleum Light Oils .........................................................................................................................................................162

• Polycarbonate ..................................................................................................................................................................163

• Polyester ..........................................................................................................................................................................164

• Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) ............................................................................................................................................165

• Polyethylene Terephthalate ..............................................................................................................................................166

• Polypropylene ..................................................................................................................................................................167

• PVC and PVC Granules ....................................................................................................................................................168

• Refractory Material ..........................................................................................................................................................169

• Rhodium .......................................................................................................................................................................... 170

• Selenium Powder ............................................................................................................................................................. 171

• Silicon .............................................................................................................................................................................. 172

• Silicon Aluminum Oxide ................................................................................................................................................... 173

• Silicon Oil ......................................................................................................................................................................... 174

• Slag (Furnace) .................................................................................................................................................................. 175

• Solder .............................................................................................................................................................................. 176

• Sulfur (Elemental) ............................................................................................................................................................. 177

• Textiles (Natural Fiber) ...................................................................................................................................................... 178

• Titanium Carbide ............................................................................................................................................................. 179

• Titanium Diboride ............................................................................................................................................................180

• Titanium Disulfide ............................................................................................................................................................ 181

Page 12: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

• Body Lotion ......................................................................................................................................................................188

• Face Cream .......................................................................................................................................................................189

• Lipstick .............................................................................................................................................................................190

• Shampoo .......................................................................................................................................................................... 191

• Soap (Bar, Liquid) .............................................................................................................................................................. 192

• Sunscreen ......................................................................................................................................................................... 193

• Talcum Powder .................................................................................................................................................................194

• Toothpaste ........................................................................................................................................................................195

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

• Capsule, Hard (Powder or Mini-Pellet (Filled) ..................................................................................................................... 197

• Capsule, Soft or Geltab (Liquid Filled) ................................................................................................................................198

• Cough Syrup .....................................................................................................................................................................199

• Ginseng ............................................................................................................................................................................200

• Gummies and Chews ........................................................................................................................................................201

• Herbal Plants and Extracts .................................................................................................................................................202

• Homeopathic and Traditional Medicines ............................................................................................................................203

• Hydrogenated Vegetable Oils (Ph. Eur 2.4.31) ...................................................................................................................204

• Multi-Vitamin and Mineral Tablets ....................................................................................................................................205

• Ointments and Creams (Topical)........................................................................................................................................206

• Tablets and Pills (Hard) ......................................................................................................................................................207

• Wax ..................................................................................................................................................................................208

12

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS CONTINUED

• Tungsten ..........................................................................................................................................................................182

• Tungsten Carbide .............................................................................................................................................................183

• Titanium Oxide ................................................................................................................................................................184

• Zeolites ............................................................................................................................................................................185

• Zinc Oxide ........................................................................................................................................................................186

Page 13: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUPPLEMENTAL

• Complexation of HF .......................................................................................................................................................... 210

• New Vessel Conditioning .................................................................................................................................................. 211

• Vessel Cleaning ................................................................................................................................................................. 212

• Vessel Re-Conditioning ..................................................................................................................................................... 213

13www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 14: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

• Asphaltite ........................................................................................................................................................................... 15

• Bark ....................................................................................................................................................................................16

• Bauxite ............................................................................................................................................................................... 17

• Calcites ...............................................................................................................................................................................18

• Cement ...............................................................................................................................................................................19

• Coal Fly Ash ........................................................................................................................................................................20

• Dolomites ..........................................................................................................................................................................21

• Feldspar .............................................................................................................................................................................22

• Fluorite ...............................................................................................................................................................................23

• Garnet ................................................................................................................................................................................24

• Glass Fiber Filters (Whatman) ..............................................................................................................................................25

• Iron Ores .............................................................................................................................................................................26

• Iron Ores using Aqua Regia .................................................................................................................................................27

• Ironstone ............................................................................................................................................................................28

• Kaolinite ............................................................................................................................................................................29

• Leather ...............................................................................................................................................................................30

• Limestone ...........................................................................................................................................................................31

• Phosphate Rocks .................................................................................................................................................................32

• Platinum Ores .....................................................................................................................................................................33

• Refinery Ash .......................................................................................................................................................................34

• Secondary Fuel / Plastic Waste ............................................................................................................................................35

• Sediment ............................................................................................................................................................................36

• Sewage Sludge (DIN EN 13346) ..........................................................................................................................................37

• Sewage Sludge (U.S. EPA 3051A) .......................................................................................................................................38

• Shredded Paper ..................................................................................................................................................................39

• Slag ....................................................................................................................................................................................40

• Soil .....................................................................................................................................................................................41

• Soil (U.S. EPA 3051A) ..........................................................................................................................................................42

• Tar ......................................................................................................................................................................................43

• U.S. EPA 3015A ...................................................................................................................................................................44

• U.S. EPA 3051A ...................................................................................................................................................................45

• U.S. EPA 3052 .....................................................................................................................................................................46

• Waste Water and Effluents ..................................................................................................................................................47

• Waste Water and Effluents using Aqua Regia ......................................................................................................................48

• Wood Chips/Pellets .............................................................................................................................................................49

14

Page 15: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

15www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 220 80 3 30 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 35 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 35 100

3 50 35 1 20 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Asphaltite

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 16: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

16

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 3 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 3 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bark

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to

the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 17: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

17www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 2 80

2 230 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 2 90

2 210 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 20 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bauxite

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 18: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

18

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 230 80 5 30 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 210 35 3 40 100

3 50 35 1 20 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Calcites

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample

to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to

the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 19: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

19www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 220 80 5 20 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Cement

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 6 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HCl (35-37%) 4 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 20: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

20

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 3 80

2 220 80 3 20 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 25 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Coal Fly Ash

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm

to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

Page 21: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGES-TION METHODS

21www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 230 80 5 30 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 40 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Dolomites

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing

the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm

to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion

(located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCl (35-37%) 4 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 22: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

22

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Feldspar

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 23: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

23www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Fluorite

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 1 mL

H3BO3 0.500 g

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 12 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 1 mL

H3BO3 0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 24: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

24

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 60 3 45 100

3 50 60 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Garnet

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

-

-

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 25: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

25www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 3 80

2 200 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 3 90

2 180 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Glass Fiber Filters (Whatman)

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 6 mL

HF (49%) 4 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 26: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

26

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 3 80

2 240 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 3 90

2 220 30 5 35 100

3 50 30 1 20 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Iron Ores

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (98%) 4 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 4 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (98%) 5 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 27: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

27www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 80 3 20 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 35 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Iron Ores using Aqua Regia

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 6 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 28: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

28

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 3 80

2 220 80 3 20 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 3 90

2 200 35 3 35 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ironstone

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing

the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 8 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 29: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

29www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 3 80

2 240 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 3 90

2 220 30 5 35 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Kaolinite

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (98%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (98%) 6 mL

HF (49%) 6 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 30: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

30

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 15 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Leather

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to

the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

HCl (35-37%) 2 mL

H2SO4 (98%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

HCl (35-37%) 2 mL

H2SO4 (98%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 31: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

31www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 3 80

2 220 80 5 20 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Limestone

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing

the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion

(located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

Page 32: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

32

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 3 80

2 220 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 3 90

2 200 30 3 35 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Phosphate Rocks

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 12 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 33: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

33www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 3 80

2 230 60 5 30 100

3 50 60 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 3 90

2 210 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 20 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Platinum Ores

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (98%) 4 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 4 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (98%) 4 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 4 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 34: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

34

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 80 5 20 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 35 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Refinery Ash

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HCl (35-37%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 35: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

35www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 190 80 5 10 100

3 240 80 5 30 100

4 50 80 1 45 0

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Secondary Fuel / Plastic Waste

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion

(located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

-

-

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (98%) 7 mL

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 36: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

36

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 175 60 5 5 100

2 50 60 1 25 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 175 30 5 5 100

2 50 30 1 15 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Sediment

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing

the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HCI (35-37%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HCI (35-37%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 37: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

37www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 180 60 5 25 100

2 50 60 1 25 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 180 30 5 25 100

2 50 30 1 15 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Sewage Sludge (DIN EN 13346)

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 38: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

38

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 175 60 5 5 100

2 50 60 1 30 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 175 30 5 5 100

2 50 30 1 15 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Sewage Sludge (U.S. EPA 3051A)

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 39: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

39www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 3 80

2 180 60 2 5 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 3 90

2 180 30 2 5 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Shredded Paper

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 40: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

40

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 80 5 30 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 40 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Slag

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 6 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 41: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

41www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 80 5 15 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 180 35 2 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Soil

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 42: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

42

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 175 60 5 5 100

2 50 60 1 15 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 175 30 5 5 100

2 50 30 1 15 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Soil (U.S. EPA 3051A)

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 43: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

43www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 8 10 80

2 220 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 8 10 90

2 200 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 10 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Tar

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 44: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

44

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 10 10 100

2 50 60 1 30 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 10 10 100

2 50 30 1 15 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

U.S. EPA 3015A

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

45 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

45 mL

Page 45: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

45www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 175 30 5 5 100

2 50 30 1 30 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 100

2 50 30 1 15 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

U.S. EPA 3051A

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 46: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

4646

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 180 30 5 10 100

2 50 30 1 30 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 180 30 5 10 100

2 50 30 1 15 0

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

U.S. EPA 3052

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 47: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

47www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 3 10 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 10 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Waste Water and Effluents

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

20 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

20 mL

Page 48: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

48

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 145 60 5 5 80

2 180 60 3 10 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 145 30 5 5 90

2 180 30 3 10 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Waste Water and Effluents using Aqua Regia

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 2.5 mL

HCI (35-37%) 7.5 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 2.5 mL

HCI (35-37%) 7.5 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

20 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

20 mL

Page 49: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

49www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 220 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 10 90

2 200 30 5 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Wood Chips / Pellets

ENVIRONMENTAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 50: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

• Algae (Paste) ......................................................................................................................................................................52

• Algae (Powder) ...................................................................................................................................................................53

• Agar ...................................................................................................................................................................................54

• Animal Feed .......................................................................................................................................................................55

• Beer ....................................................................................................................................................................................56

• Bran ....................................................................................................................................................................................57

• Bread (Cake, Muffin, Danish, etc.) .......................................................................................................................................58

• Bread (Refined White, Wheat, Tortilla, etc.) ........................................................................................................................59

• Bread (Whole Grain, Multi-Grain, Artisan, etc.) ...................................................................................................................60

• Citrus .................................................................................................................................................................................61

• Cocoa / Cacao ....................................................................................................................................................................62

• Coconut Oil ........................................................................................................................................................................63

• Coffee (Bean or Ground) ....................................................................................................................................................64

• Coffee (Beverage) ...............................................................................................................................................................65

• Corn Meal ..........................................................................................................................................................................66

• Corn Gluten .......................................................................................................................................................................67

• Corn Oil ..............................................................................................................................................................................68

• Corn Syrup .........................................................................................................................................................................69

• Crab Paste ..........................................................................................................................................................................70

• Ethanol, 0-20% in Water (Wine, Beer, Sake, etc.) ................................................................................................................71

• Ethanol, 21-40% in Water (Scotch, Whiskey, Distilled Beverages, etc.) ................................................................................72

• Ethanol, 41-60% in Water (Cask-strength, Specialty Distilled Beverages, etc.) .....................................................................73

• Ethanol, > 60% in Water .................................................................................................................................................... 74

• Fatty Acids for Animal Feed ................................................................................................................................................75

• Fishmeal .............................................................................................................................................................................76

• Flour (Wheat, Rice, Barley, etc.) ..........................................................................................................................................77

• Food Coloring / Food Dyes .................................................................................................................................................78

• Fruit (Dried) ........................................................................................................................................................................79

• Fruit (Fresh) ........................................................................................................................................................................80

• Fruit Juice ...........................................................................................................................................................................81

• Herbs .................................................................................................................................................................................82

• Linseed / Flax (Kernel) .........................................................................................................................................................83

• Malt and Barley ..................................................................................................................................................................84

• Meat ...................................................................................................................................................................................85

• Milk (Fresh) .........................................................................................................................................................................86

• Milk (Powder) .....................................................................................................................................................................87

• Mussel (Freeze Dried) .........................................................................................................................................................88

• Olive Cake ..........................................................................................................................................................................89

50

Page 51: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

• Olive Leaves .......................................................................................................................................................................90

• Plant Bark or Branch (Woody Material) ...............................................................................................................................91

• Plant Leaves (Dried) ............................................................................................................................................................92

• Rice ....................................................................................................................................................................................93

• Soy Lechithin ......................................................................................................................................................................94

• Spice Powder ......................................................................................................................................................................95

• Sugars (Mono- and Disaccharides) ......................................................................................................................................96

• Sugar Beet ..........................................................................................................................................................................97

• Sugar Cane .........................................................................................................................................................................98

• Tea .....................................................................................................................................................................................99

• Tomato Leaves .................................................................................................................................................................100

• Vegetable Oil ................................................................................................................................................................... 101

• Wax (Edible) ....................................................................................................................................................................102

• Wheat (Whole Grain) ......................................................................................................................................................103

• Whey Powder ..................................................................................................................................................................104

• Xanthum Gum ................................................................................................................................................................105

51www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 52: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

52

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Algae (Paste)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the

bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 53: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

53www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Algae (Powder or Freeze Dried)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 54: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

54

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Agar

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 55: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

55www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 220 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 200 30 5 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Animal Feed

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 56: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

56

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Beer

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

2 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

4 mL

Page 57: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

57www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bran

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 58: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

58

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bread (Cake, Muffin, Danish…)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 59: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

59www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bread (Refined White, Wheat, Tortilla, etc.)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.00 g

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

Page 60: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

60

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bread (Whole Grain, Multi-Grain, Artisan, etc.)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.00 g

Page 61: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

61www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Citrus

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the

bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the

touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 62: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

62

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Cocoa / Cacao

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 63: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

63www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Coconut Oil

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

Page 64: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

64

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Coffee (Bean or Ground)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 65: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

65www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Coffee (Beverage)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 66: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

66

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Corn Gluten

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 67: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

67www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Corn Meal

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 68: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

68

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 5 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Corn Oil

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 69: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

69www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 10 80

2 200 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 5 20 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Corn Syrup

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 70: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

70

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 3 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Crab Paste

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 71: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

71www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ethanol, 0-20% in Water (Wine, Beer, Sake, etc.)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

2 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

4 mL

Page 72: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

72

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ethanol, 21-40% in Water (Scotch, Whiskey, Distilled Beverages, etc.)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

1 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

2 mL

Page 73: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

73www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ethanol, 41-60% in Water (Cask-strength, Specialty Distilled Beverages, etc.)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

0.500 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

1 mL

Page 74: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

74

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 5 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ethanol, > 60% in Water

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place

and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

0.250 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

0.750 mL

Page 75: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

75www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 3 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Fatty Acids for Animal Feed

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 76: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

76

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 30 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 40 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Fishmeal

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place

and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 77: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

77www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Flour (Wheat, Rice, Barley, etc.)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 78: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

78

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 5 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Food Coloring / Food Dyes

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 79: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

79www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Fruit (Dried)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 80: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

80

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Fruit (Fresh)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.00 g

Page 81: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

81www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Fruit Juice

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

2 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

4 mL

Page 82: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

82

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Herbs

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 83: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

83www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Linseed / Flax (Kernel)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 84: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

84

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Malt and Barley

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 85: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

85www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Meat

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 86: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

86

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Milk (Fresh)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

3.00 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

5.00 g

Page 87: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

87www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Milk (Powder)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 88: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

88

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Mussel (Freeze Dried)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 0.5 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 0.5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 89: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

89www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 220 80 5 25 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 200 30 5 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Olive Cake

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 1 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 1 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 90: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

90

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Olive Leaves

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

Page 91: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

91www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 220 80 5 15 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 10 90

2 200 30 5 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Plant Bark or Branch (Woody Material)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

Page 92: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

92

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Plant Leaves (Dried)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 93: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

93www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 200 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 180 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Rice

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 94: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

94

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Soy Lechithin

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

H2O2 (30%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.700 g

Page 95: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

95www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Spice Powder (Paprika, Cumin, Cinnamon, etc.)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the

bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE VOLUME

0.300 g

SAMPLE VOLUME

0.750 g

Page 96: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

96

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Sugars (Mono and Disaccharides)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 97: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

97www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Sugar Beet

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 98: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

98

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 220 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 10 90

2 200 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Sugar Cane

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 99: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

99www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Tea

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 100: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

100

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Tomato Leaves

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 101: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

101www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 15 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Vegetable Oil

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.700 g

Page 102: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

102

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Wax (Edible)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 103: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

103www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 180 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Wheat (Whole Grain)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.500 g

Page 104: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

104

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Whey Powder

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 105: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

105www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Xanthum Gum

FOOD AND BEVERAGE DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 106: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORENSIC DIGESTION METHODS

• Animal Fat ........................................................................................................................................................................107

• Blood ................................................................................................................................................................................108

• Bone .................................................................................................................................................................................109

• Hair................................................................................................................................................................................... 110

• Meat or Tissue (Dried) ....................................................................................................................................................... 111

• Meat or Tissue (Fresh) ....................................................................................................................................................... 112

106

Page 107: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

107www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 5 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Animal Fat

FORENSIC DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 108: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

108

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 15 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Blood

FORENSIC DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

2.00 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

2.00 g

Page 109: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

109www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bone

FORENSIC DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 110: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

110

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Hair

FORENSIC DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 111: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

111www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Meat or Tissue (Dried)

FORENSIC DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 112: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

112

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Meat or Tissue (Fresh)

FORENSIC DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.600 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.300 g

Page 113: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

• Activated Carbon ............................................................................................................................................................. 115

• Alloy Scrap ....................................................................................................................................................................... 116

• Alloy Scrap (using Aqua Regia) .......................................................................................................................................... 117

• Aluminum ........................................................................................................................................................................ 118

• Bakelite ............................................................................................................................................................................ 119

• Boron Carbide ................................................................................................................................................................. 120

• Brass ................................................................................................................................................................................ 121

• Bronze .............................................................................................................................................................................. 122

• Calcined Coke .................................................................................................................................................................. 123

• Ceramics / Platinum Catalyst ............................................................................................................................................ 124

• Cigar / Cigarettes ............................................................................................................................................................. 125

• Coal ................................................................................................................................................................................. 126

• Coal Coated with Iron Oxide ............................................................................................................................................ 127

• Cobalt Tungstate .............................................................................................................................................................. 128

• Copper / Copper Wire ...................................................................................................................................................... 129

• Crude Oil .........................................................................................................................................................................130

• Diesel ............................................................................................................................................................................... 131

• Electronic Chips ............................................................................................................................................................... 132

• Ethylene Vinyl Acetate (EVA) Foam ................................................................................................................................... 133

• Ethylene Vinyl Alcohol (EVOH) Resin .................................................................................................................................134

• Glass and Quartz ............................................................................................................................................................. 135

• Inks ..................................................................................................................................................................................136

• Indium-Tin Oxides ............................................................................................................................................................ 137

• Ionomer ...........................................................................................................................................................................138

• Lanthanum Boride ........................................................................................................................................................... 139

• Lead Zirconate Titanate ....................................................................................................................................................140

• Lithium Titanates ............................................................................................................................................................. 141

• Magnesium Oxide ............................................................................................................................................................ 142

• Melamine ........................................................................................................................................................................143

• Metallic Alloys [Co-Cr-Mo] ...............................................................................................................................................144

• Metallic Alloys [Co-Cr-W] ................................................................................................................................................. 145

• Metallic Alloys [Fe-Nb] .....................................................................................................................................................146

• Metallic Alloys [Fe-Ni] ...................................................................................................................................................... 147

• Metallic Alloys [Ni-Cr] .......................................................................................................................................................148

• Metallic Alloys [Ni-Cr-Mo] ................................................................................................................................................149

• Metallic Alloys [Ni-Pd-Cr] .................................................................................................................................................150

113www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 114: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

114

• Metallic Alloys [Pt-Ir] ........................................................................................................................................................ 151

• Metallic Alloys [Pt-Rh] ...................................................................................................................................................... 152

• Metallic Alloys [Pt-W] ....................................................................................................................................................... 153

• Metallic Alloys [Rh-Ir] .......................................................................................................................................................154

• Metallic Alloys [Ru-Se] ...................................................................................................................................................... 155

• Molybdenum ...................................................................................................................................................................156

• Natural Rubber (Caotchouc) ............................................................................................................................................. 157

• Niobium Disulfide ............................................................................................................................................................158

• Nylon ............................................................................................................................................................................... 159

• Paint (Wet Latex) ..............................................................................................................................................................160

• Petroleum Heavy Oils and Tars ......................................................................................................................................... 161

• Petroleum Light Oils .........................................................................................................................................................162

• Polycarbonate ..................................................................................................................................................................163

• Polyester ..........................................................................................................................................................................164

• Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) ............................................................................................................................................165

• Polyethylene Terephthalate ..............................................................................................................................................166

• Polypropylene ..................................................................................................................................................................167

• PVC and PVC Granules ....................................................................................................................................................168

• Refractory Material ..........................................................................................................................................................169

• Rhodium .......................................................................................................................................................................... 170

• Selenium Powder ............................................................................................................................................................. 171

• Silicon .............................................................................................................................................................................. 172

• Silicon Aluminum Oxide ................................................................................................................................................... 173

• Silicon Oil ......................................................................................................................................................................... 174

• Slag (Furnace) .................................................................................................................................................................. 175

• Solder .............................................................................................................................................................................. 176

• Sulfur (Elemental) ............................................................................................................................................................. 177

• Textiles (Natural Fiber) ...................................................................................................................................................... 178

• Titanium Carbide ............................................................................................................................................................. 179

• Titanium Diboride ............................................................................................................................................................180

• Titanium Disulfide ............................................................................................................................................................ 181

• Tungsten ..........................................................................................................................................................................182

• Tungsten Carbide .............................................................................................................................................................183

• Titanium Oxide ................................................................................................................................................................184

• Zeolites ............................................................................................................................................................................185

• Zinc Oxide ........................................................................................................................................................................186

Page 115: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

115www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 20 80

2 220 80 7 40 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Activated Carbon

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

-

-

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

Page 116: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

116

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 220 60 3 40 100

3 50 60 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 10 90

2 200 30 3 50 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Alloy Scrap

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 117: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

117www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 20 80

2 220 80 7 40 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 15 90

2 190 35 3 50 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Alloy Scrap (using Aqua-Regia)

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 118: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

118

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 190 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 3 25 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Aluminum

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 119: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

119www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 15 80

2 190 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 15 90

2 190 35 3 20 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bakelite

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 120: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

120

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 220 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 10 90

2 200 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Boron Carbide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 4 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 121: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

121www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 35 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Brass

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 122: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

122

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 35 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Bronze

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 123: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

123www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 230 80 5 45 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 10 90

2 200 30 5 50 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Calcined Coke

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (95%) 7 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

H2SO4 (95%) 7 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 124: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

124

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 80 5 50 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 3 60 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ceramics / Platinum Catalyst

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion

(located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 6 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCl (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

Page 125: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

125www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 35 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Cigar / Cigarettes

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 126: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

126

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 230 80 6 35 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 200 35 5 45 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Coal

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 127: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

127www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Coal Coated with Iron Oxide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HCI (35-37%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 128: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

128

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 180 60 5 10 80

2 230 80 5 60 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Cobalt Tungstate

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

-

-

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 129: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

129www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Copper / Copper Wire

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 130: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

130

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 10 80

2 210 80 5 20 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 5 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Crude Oil

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 131: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

131www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 15 80

2 200 80 7 15 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Diesel

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

-

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

Page 132: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

132

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 80 5 25 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 3 35 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Electronic Chips

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

HCI (35-37%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

HCI (35-37%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.600 g

Page 133: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

133www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 80 3 15 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 3 20 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ethylene Vinyl Acetate (EVA) Foam

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 134: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

134

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 190 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 180 35 3 15 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ethylene Vinyl Alcohol (EVOH) Resin

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 135: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

135www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 40 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Glass and Quartz

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 8 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 136: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

136

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Inks

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 137: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

137www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Indium-Tin Oxides

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 4 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 138: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

138

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ionomer

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 139: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

139www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 210 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Lanthanum Boride

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 140: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

140

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 60 5 45 100

3 50 60 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Lead Zirconate Titanate

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

-

-

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 141: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

141www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 40 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Lithium Titanates

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 4 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 142: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

142

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 30 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Magnesium Oxide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 143: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

143www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 230 80 5 45 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Melamine

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

-

-

-

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

H3PO4 (86%) 5 mL

H2O2 (30%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 144: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

144

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Co-Cr-Mo]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 8 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

NH4F (Crystal) 0.300 g

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

NH4F (Crystal) 0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 145: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

145www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Co-Cr-W]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 8 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

H2O2 (30%) 1 mL

NH4F (Crystal) 0.300 g

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

NH4F (Crystal) 0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 146: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

146

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 60 3 40 100

3 50 60 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 210 30 3 50 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Fe-Nb]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 3 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 3 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 4 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 4 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 147: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

147www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 210 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Fe-Ni]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 3 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 3 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 4 mL

H3PO4 (85%) 4 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 148: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

148

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 40 100

3 50 60 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 50 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Ni-Cr]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 149: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

149www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Ni-Cr-Mo]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 150: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

150

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Ni-Pd-Cr]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

NH4F (Crystal) 0.300 g

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

NH4F (Crystal) 0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 151: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

151www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 10 10 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 10 10 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Pt-Ir]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

HBr (48%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

HBr (48%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 152: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

152

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 10 10 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 10 10 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Pt-Rh]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

HBr (48%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

HBr (48%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 153: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

153www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Pt-W]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 154: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

154

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 80 3 45 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 210 30 3 60 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Rh-Ir]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 2 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 2 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 155: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

155www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 80 3 35 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Metallic Alloys [Ru-Se]

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

H2O2 (30%) 1 mL

NH4F (Crystal) 0.300 g

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

H2O2 (30%) 1 mL

NH4F (Crystal) 0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 156: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

156

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Molybdenum

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

H2O2 (30%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

H2O2 (30%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 157: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

157www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 15 80

2 210 80 3 35 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 15 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Natural Rubber (Caotchouc)

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 158: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

158

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 210 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Niobium Disulfide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 6 mL

HF (49%) 6 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 159: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

159www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Nylon

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the

bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 160: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

160

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Paint (Wet Latex)

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.750 g

Page 161: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

161www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 220 60 5 40 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 200 35 5 50 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Petroleum Heavy Oils and Tars

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 162: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

162

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 5 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 5 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Petroleum Light Oils

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 163: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

163www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Polycarbonate

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 164: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

164

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 50 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Polyester

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 5 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 7 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 165: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

165www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 30 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 40 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Polyetheretherketone (PEEK)

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 4 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 166: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

166

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 50 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Polyethylene Terephthalate

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 5 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 7 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 167: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

167www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Polypropylene

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 168: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

168

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 15 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 15 90

2 200 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

PVC and PVC Granules

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 4 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 169: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

169www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 240 80 5 35 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Refractory Material

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

-

-

-

-

REAGENTS

H3PO4 (85%) 5 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 170: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

170

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 15 80

2 210 60 3 40 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 15 90

2 190 30 3 50 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Rhodium

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 8 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

HBr (48%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HBr (48%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 171: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

171www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Selenium Powder

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HCI (35-37%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 9 mL

HCI (35-37%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 172: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

172

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Silicon

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 4 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.600 g

Page 173: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

173www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 10 80

2 240 80 5 35 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Silicon Aluminum Oxide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

-

-

-

-

REAGENTS

H3PO4 (85%) 6 mL

HCI (35-37%) 4 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 174: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

174

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 220 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 200 35 3 25 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Silicon Oil

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 175: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

175www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 80 3 35 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 3 45 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Slag (Furnace)

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the

touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 12 mL

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 176: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

176

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 25 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Solder

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 177: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

177www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Sulfur (Elemental)

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 178: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

178

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 30 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 40 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Textiles (Natural Fiber)

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 179: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

179www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 10 80

2 210 80 3 25 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 3 35 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Titanium Carbide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 5 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 6 mL

H2SO4 (95%) 6 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.050 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 180: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

180

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 80 3 40 100

3 50 80 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Titanium Diboride

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

-

-

-

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 4 mL

HF (49%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

Page 181: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

181www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 80 3 30 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 - - - - -

2 - - - - -

3 - - - - -

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Titanium Disulfide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

This digestion is not recommended for the

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

-

-

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

Page 182: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

182

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 80 3 50 100

3 50 80 1 45 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 210 30 3 60 100

3 50 30 1 25 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Tungsten

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

HCI (35-37%) 4 mL

HF (49%) 4 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

HCI (35-37%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 183: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

183www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 35 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 45 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Tungsten Carbide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 5 mL

HF (49%) 5 mL

HNO3 (70%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 184: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

184

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 3 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Titanium Oxide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HF (49%) 7 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HF (49%) 10 mL

HNO3 (70%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 185: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

185www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 80 3 20 100

3 50 80 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 3 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Zeolites

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 6 mL

HNO3 (70%) 2 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HCI (35-37%) 9 mL

HNO3 (70%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 186: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

186

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 230 60 3 30 100

3 50 60 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 210 30 3 40 100

3 50 30 1 20 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Zinc Oxide

INDUSTRIAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 187: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

• Body Lotion ......................................................................................................................................................................188

• Face Cream .......................................................................................................................................................................189

• Lipstick .............................................................................................................................................................................190

• Shampoo .......................................................................................................................................................................... 191

• Soap (Bar, Liquid) .............................................................................................................................................................. 192

• Sunscreen ......................................................................................................................................................................... 193

• Talcum Powder .................................................................................................................................................................194

• Toothpaste ........................................................................................................................................................................195

187www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 188: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

188

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Body Lotion

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 189: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

189www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Face Cream

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 190: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

190

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Lipstick

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 191: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

191www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Shampoo

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 192: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

192

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Soap (Bar, Liquid)

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the

digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 193: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

193www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 220 70 5 15 100

3 50 70 1 40 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 5 25 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Sunscreen

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 6 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 6 mL

HCl (35-37%) 3 mL

HF (49%) 1 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.150 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.350 g

Page 194: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

194

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 70 5 25 100

3 50 70 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 5 35 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Talcum Powder

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.300 g

Page 195: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

195www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Toothpaste

PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

When using HF, if the sample is to be analyzed in an instrument containing glassware, the “Complexation of HF” secondary digestion (located in the Supplemental section) must be performed.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HF (49%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 196: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

• Capsule, Hard (Powder or Mini-Pellet Filled) ...................................................................................................................... 197

• Capsule, Soft or Geltab (Liquid Filled) ................................................................................................................................198

• Cough Syrup .....................................................................................................................................................................199

• Ginseng ............................................................................................................................................................................200

• Gummies and Chews ........................................................................................................................................................201

• Herbal Plants and Extracts .................................................................................................................................................202

• Homeopathic and Traditional Medicines ............................................................................................................................203

• Hydrogenated Vegetable Oils (Ph. Eur 2.4.31) ...................................................................................................................204

• Multi-Vitamin and Mineral Tablets ....................................................................................................................................205

• Ointments and Creams (Topical)........................................................................................................................................206

• Tablets and Pills (Hard) ......................................................................................................................................................207

• Wax ..................................................................................................................................................................................208

196

Page 197: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

197www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 3 25 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Capsule, Hard (Powder or Mini-Pellet Filled)

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HCI (35-37%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 198: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

198

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 3 25 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Capsule, Soft or Geltab (Liquid Filled)

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 199: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

199www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 60 5 10 80

2 200 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 150 30 5 10 90

2 190 35 3 20 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Cough Syrup

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 200: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

200

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 20 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ginseng

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 5 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 201: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

201www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 140 60 5 3 80

2 190 60 3 15 100

3 50 60 1 25 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 140 30 5 3 90

2 190 30 3 15 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Gummies and Chews

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

If the sample is not totally dissolved when digestion is complete, add 2 mL of HCl (35-37%) to the reagents.

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

Page 202: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

202

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Herbal Plants and Extracts

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

If silicate material remains and complete digestion is desired, add 2 mL of HF (49%) to the reagents.

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 7 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 4 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 203: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

203www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 35 3 30 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Homeopathic and Traditional Medicines

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.200 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 204: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

204

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 190 60 2 10 100

3 210 60 2 15 100

4 50 60 1 30 0

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 2 10 100

3 210 30 2 15 100

4 50 30 1 20 0

5 - - - - -

Hydrogenated Vegetable Oils (Ph. Eur 2.4.31)

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 5 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.100 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

Page 205: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

205www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 30 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 45 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Multi-Vitamin and Mineral Tablets

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HCI (35-37%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.400 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.800 g

Page 206: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

206

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 210 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 190 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Ointments and Creams (Topical)

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

If silicate material remains and complete digestion is desired, add 2 mL of HF (49%) to the reagents.

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the

number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 207: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

207www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 5 80

2 200 60 3 25 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 5 90

2 190 35 3 25 100

3 50 35 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Tablets and Pills (Hard)

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 8 mL

HCI (35-37%) 2 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

HCI (35-37%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.250 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

Page 208: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

208

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 60 5 5 80

2 220 60 3 20 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 170 30 5 5 90

2 200 30 3 30 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Wax

PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRACEUTICAL DIGESTION METHODS

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40% regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Accurately weigh the sample and transfer into the digestion vessel. Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel, rinsing the sample to the bottom of the vessel. Gently swirl the mixture and wait approximately 10 minutes before putting the seal in place and closing the vessel.

To avoid foaming and sample loss when opening the vessels after digestion, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

0.500 g

SAMPLE WEIGHT

1.000 g

Page 209: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUPPLEMENTAL

• Complexation of HF .......................................................................................................................................................... 210

• New Vessel Conditioning .................................................................................................................................................. 211

• Vessel Cleaning ................................................................................................................................................................. 212

• Vessel Re-Conditioning ..................................................................................................................................................... 213

209www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Page 210: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

210

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 1 80

2 190 60 1 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 1 90

2 190 30 1 15 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Complexation of HF

SUPPLEMENTAL

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40%, regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Add approximately 1 gram of boric acid to the digestion vessel for every 1 mL of HF used during digestion.

To avoid foaming when opening the vessels after complexation, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

Boric Acid 1 g per 1 mL of HF

REAGENTS

Boric Acid 1 g per 1 mL of HF

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

Page 211: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

211www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 2 80

2 210 60 2 10 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 2 90

2 200 30 2 10 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

New Vessel Conditioning

SUPPLEMENTAL

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40%, regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Add the 25 mL of a 1% nitric acid solution to the digestion vessel.

Wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (1%) 25 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (1%) 25 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

Page 212: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

212

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 2 80

2 210 60 2 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 2 90

2 200 30 2 15 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Vessel Cleaning

SUPPLEMENTAL

NOTES

The addition of H2O2 will increase the cleaning potential of the solution but can be left out, if desired.

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40%, regardless of the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Slowly add the reagents to the digestion vessel.

To avoid foaming when opening the vessels after cleaning, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual digestion pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL (optional)

REAGENTS

HNO3 (70%) 10 mL

H2O2 (30%) 2 mL (optional)

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

Page 213: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

213www.perkinelmer.com/titanmps

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 60 5 2 100

2 200 60 2 15 100

3 50 60 1 30 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Step TargetTemp [˚C]

PressureLimit [bar]

Ramp Time [min]

Hold Time [min]

Power [%]

1 160 30 5 2 100

2 200 30 2 15 100

3 50 30 1 15 0

4 - - - - -

5 - - - - -

Vessel Re-Conditioning

SUPPLEMENTAL

NOTES

This application is designed for the maximum number of vessels (sixteen 75 mL vessels or eight 100 mL vessels). Decrease the power at the first step by 5% per vessel when using fewer than the maximum number of vessels. Minimum power is 40%, regardless of the number of vessels digested. the number of vessels digested.

EQUIPMENT - STANDARD VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

Standard 75 mL Digestion Vessel

EQUIPMENT - HIGH-PRESSURE VESSEL

PerkinElmer Titan MPS System

High-Pressure 100 mL Digestion Vessel

TEMPERATURE PROGRAM TEMPERATURE PROGRAM

PROCEDURE

Add the 25 mL of a 1% nitric acid solution and 3 mL of H2O2 to the digestion vessel.

After heating is complete, wait until the vessels have cooled enough to be warm to the touch and then vent the residual pressure very slowly.

Always work in a fume hood wearing hand, eye and body protection since a large amount of gas can be produced during the digestion process.

REAGENTS

HNO3 (1%) 25 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

REAGENTS

HNO3 (1%) 25 mL

H2O2 (30%) 3 mL

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

SAMPLE WEIGHT

-

Page 214: GREAT RESULTS BEGIN WITH - PerkinElmer...data at all subsequent stages of your analysis. Great results begin with good preparation, and our Titan MPS Microwave Sample Preparation System

For a complete listing of our global offices, visit www.perkinelmer.com/ContactUs

Copyright ©2013-2016, PerkinElmer, Inc. All rights reserved. PerkinElmer® is a registered trademark of PerkinElmer, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 010773B_01 PKI

PerkinElmer, Inc. 940 Winter Street Waltham, MA 02451 USA P: (800) 762-4000 or (+1) 203-925-4602www.perkinelmer.com